artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 1,000 records of 1,000 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 140,801 – 141,800 of 1,000

Indulkanaview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Knwarreye Emily Kameview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Jubelin Narelleview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Manigrida Artview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Marika Bandukview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Newmarch Anneview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Thancoupieview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Thompson Kellyview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Utopia Batikview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Warburton Toniview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Watson Judyview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
White Robinview full entry
Reference: see Women hold up half the sky : the orientation of art in the post-war Pacific. Catalogue of the exhibition held at Monash University Gallery, 13 April-18 May 1996.
Includes brief biographies of the artists.

Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
20 p. : ill.
Curating feminismview full entry
Reference: Curating feminism : a contemporary art & feminism event / editor: Jacqueline Millner. "Presented by SCA, SLAM & the Power Institute, University of Sydney"--Cover. [To be indexed]

Publishing details: Sydney College of the Arts, 2014 
©2014 
53 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour), colour portraits
Ref: 1000
Still life : eight women realists view full entry
Reference: Still life : eight women realists / Irene Barberis ... [et al]. Exhibition: Victorian College of the Arts Gallery, 2-24 March, 1978. Includes biographical information.
"Irene barberis, Isabel Davies, Barbara Grossman, Rae Marks, Moira Morrison, Mary Mortean, Christine Simons, Jenny Watson."

Publishing details: Victorian College of the Arts Gallery, 1978 
24p. : ill. photocoipied articles inserted.
Ref: 146
Don't shoot darlingview full entry
Reference: Don't shoot darling : an exhibition of popular female culture of the 1950s, 5 September - 13 October 1985, State Library of Victoria. "Don't Shoot Darling is part of New Moods, presented by Women 150."
Bibliography: p. 13. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Library Council of Victoria, [1985?] 
13 p. : ill. ;
Ref: 1000
No piece of cake view full entry
Reference: No piece of cake : art by women from a slice of Queensland / curated by Lynne Seear. "A project from Kicks Art Collective Inc and Cairns Regional Gallery" Includes artists’ statements and artists’ profiles.
Publishing details: [Cairns, Qld.] : Kick Arts Collective Inc & Cairns Regional Gallery, c1995 
27 p. : ill
Ref: 146
Disorder disorderview full entry
Reference: Disorder disorder : ulterior motives in contemporary art : / curator, Joseph Allen Shea. Exhibitions held at Penrith Regional Gallery & The Lewers Bequest, 14 August - 14 November 2010. [To be indexed]

Publishing details: Penrith Regional Gallery & The Lewers Bequest, 2010, 124 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000
Ephemeral but eternal wordsview full entry
Reference: Ephemeral but eternal words : traces of Asia / Edited by Fuyubi Nakamura. Brochure of the works of Chihiro Minato, Savanhdary Vongpoothorn, Phaptawan Suwannakudt and Tsubasa Kimura which were displayed at an exhibition held at the Australian National University School of Art Gallery between 6 April and 1 May 2010.

Publishing details: ANU Research School of Humanities and the Arts and School of Art gallery, 2010 
39 p. : ill. (some col.), ports.
Ref: 1000
European Influenceview full entry
Reference: A European Influence - Savill Galleries catalogue
Publishing details: Savill Galleries, 2005
Ref: 1000
Batten Theo view full entry
Reference: Drawing on experience : the life and work of Theo Batten. Curator and catalogue author: Therese Kenyon.
Catalogue of an exhibition held at: Manly Art Gallery & Museum, 13 May - 12 June 2005.

Publishing details: Manly Art Gallery & Museum, 2005 
24 p. : ill. (some col.),
Ref: 1009
Hamilton Bethview full entry
Reference: Drawing on experience : a memoir of the life and art of Beth Hamilton. Curator and catalogue author: Akky van Ogtrop.
Catalogue of an exhibition held at: Manly Art Gallery & Museum, 13 May - 12 June 2005. ‘Sydney artist Beth Hamilton studied art part-time at East Sydney Technical College from 1944 until 1949. After winning 6,000 pounds in the lottery, she travelled to Europe to study art overseas.’

Publishing details: Manly Art Gallery & Museum, 2005 
24 p. : ill. (some col.),
Ref: 1009
Drawing on experienceview full entry
Reference: Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture / Editor, Cheryl Daye. "This book has been published in conjunction with 'Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture' a touring exhibition ...".
Publishing details: Northcote, Vic. : Arts Project Australia Inc, c1996. 48 p. : ill., (some col.), plates, ports
Ref: 1000
Ciccone Valerioview full entry
Reference: see Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture / Editor, Cheryl Daye. "This book has been published in conjunction with 'Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture' a touring exhibition ...".
Publishing details: Northcote, Vic. : Arts Project Australia Inc, c1996. 48 p. : ill., (some col.), plates, ports
Constable Alanview full entry
Reference: see Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture / Editor, Cheryl Daye. "This book has been published in conjunction with 'Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture' a touring exhibition ...".
Publishing details: Northcote, Vic. : Arts Project Australia Inc, c1996. 48 p. : ill., (some col.), plates, ports
Fuller Harold (Jimmy)view full entry
Reference: see Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture / Editor, Cheryl Daye. "This book has been published in conjunction with 'Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture' a touring exhibition ...".
Publishing details: Northcote, Vic. : Arts Project Australia Inc, c1996. 48 p. : ill., (some col.), plates, ports
Kirkpatrick Robynview full entry
Reference: see Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture / Editor, Cheryl Daye. "This book has been published in conjunction with 'Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture' a touring exhibition ...".
Publishing details: Northcote, Vic. : Arts Project Australia Inc, c1996. 48 p. : ill., (some col.), plates, ports
Marnell Wayneview full entry
Reference: see Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture / Editor, Cheryl Daye. "This book has been published in conjunction with 'Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture' a touring exhibition ...".
Publishing details: Northcote, Vic. : Arts Project Australia Inc, c1996. 48 p. : ill., (some col.), plates, ports
Martin Julianview full entry
Reference: see Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture / Editor, Cheryl Daye. "This book has been published in conjunction with 'Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture' a touring exhibition ...".
Publishing details: Northcote, Vic. : Arts Project Australia Inc, c1996. 48 p. : ill., (some col.), plates, ports
Northe John MacKayview full entry
Reference: see Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture / Editor, Cheryl Daye. "This book has been published in conjunction with 'Drawing on experience : reflections on popular culture' a touring exhibition ...".
Publishing details: Northcote, Vic. : Arts Project Australia Inc, c1996. 48 p. : ill., (some col.), plates, ports
Eden & the apple of Sodomview full entry
Reference: Eden & the apple of Sodom : Lauren Berkowitz, Antony Hamilton, Janet Laurence / curator Erica Green. Published to accompany the exhibition of the same title 28 February-6 April 2002, held at the University of South Australia Art Museum.
Publishing details: Adelaide : University of South Australia Art Museum, 2001, 28 p. : col. ill. ;

Ref: 1000
Fantastic and visionary artview full entry
Reference: Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 143
Desert air view full entry
Reference: Desert air : Greg Weight and Carol Ruff. ‘Desert Air was an exhibition of photographs by Greg Weight and paintings by Carol Ruff. Carol and Greg made several art trips to Central Australia in 2006 and 2007 and explored the landscape in and around Alice Springs for the purpose of creating new artworks. Greg worked into the landscape making changes such as binding senna trees in open fields and painting the small stones that were set into the surface of claypans with watercolour paint. The results were then photographed and printed on cotton rag paper.’
Publishing details: Australian Galleries Pty. Ltd
Published
Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Galleries, [2007]
[28] p. : col. ill
Ref: 1000
Weight Gregview full entry
Reference: see Desert air : Greg Weight and Carol Ruff. ‘Desert Air was an exhibition of photographs by Greg Weight and paintings by Carol Ruff. Carol and Greg made several art trips to Central Australia in 2006 and 2007 and explored the landscape in and around Alice Springs for the purpose of creating new artworks. Greg worked into the landscape making changes such as binding senna trees in open fields and painting the small stones that were set into the surface of claypans with watercolour paint. The results were then photographed and printed on cotton rag paper.’
Publishing details: Australian Galleries Pty. Ltd
Published
Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Galleries, [2007]
[28] p. : col. ill
Ruff Carolview full entry
Reference: see Desert air : Greg Weight and Carol Ruff. ‘Desert Air was an exhibition of photographs by Greg Weight and paintings by Carol Ruff. Carol and Greg made several art trips to Central Australia in 2006 and 2007 and explored the landscape in and around Alice Springs for the purpose of creating new artworks. Greg worked into the landscape making changes such as binding senna trees in open fields and painting the small stones that were set into the surface of claypans with watercolour paint. The results were then photographed and printed on cotton rag paper.’
Publishing details: Australian Galleries Pty. Ltd
Published
Paddington, N.S.W. : Australian Galleries, [2007]
[28] p. : col. ill
Humours Theview full entry
Reference: The Humours. Exhibition catalogue.Curator: Hannah MathewsTexts: Charlotte Day, Hannah Mathews, Sophie Knezic, Zoe Coombs Marr, Jarrod Rawlins Artists: Gabriel Abrantes (FR/PT), Barbara Cleveland (AU), Matthew Griffin (AU), Glenn Ligon (US), Mary Reid Kelley with Patrick Kelley (US), Mika Rottenberg (US). Authors
Day, Charlotte, (Text by.) (Other)
Mathews, Hannah, (Text by.) (Other)
Knezic, Sophie, 1980-, (Text by.) (Other)
Coombs Marr, Zoë, (Text by.) (Other)
Rawlins, Jarrod, (Text by.) (Other)
Publishing details: Monash University Caulfield Campus : Monash University Museum of Art, Oct. 2017. 62 p.

Ref: 1000
Deus ex machinaview full entry
Reference: Deus ex machina.
Authors
Tapp, Peter.
Lowe, Dominic.
Schütze, Paul.
Tradgeon, Michael.
[To be indexed]

Publishing details: Monash University. Department of Visual Arts. Exhibition Gallery
Melbourne, Vic., 1989, 135 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000
Disobedience
view full entry
Reference: Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Begg Zanyview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Beluchi Weavers view full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Bennett Gordonview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Brener Alexanderview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Churz Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Geers Kendellview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
George Philview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Goldberg Michae;xview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Goldberg Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Gupta Shilpaview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Munster Annaview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
McNeil Davidview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Riot Generationview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Ormella Raquelview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Global TVview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Saunders Willview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Squatspaceview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Sewell Deanview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Vanni Ilariaview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Victor Suzannview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Vilensky Dimitryview full entry
Reference: see Disobedience. "The exhibition is curated by Zanny Begg and David McNeill and supported by the Centre for Contemporary Art and Politics, a research centre of the University of New South Wales."--Foreword.
Exhibited at Ivan Dougherty Gallery from 9 September - 15 October 2005.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Ivan Dougherty Gallery, College of Fine Arts, University of New South Wales, 2005 
16 p. : col. ill.
Laplace Cyrille Pierre Theodore (1793 - 1875)view full entry
Reference: see Trillium Antique Prints & Rare Books
November 27, 2021: Cyrille Pierre Theodore Laplace (1793 - 1875). Lot 36610: Laplace - Sydney Harbor, Australia; Vooloo-Moloo au Port Jackson.
This historic engraving is from Cyrille Pierre Theodore Laplace's Voyage around the world by the seas of India and China of the corvette of Her Majesty La Favorite executed during the 1830s, 1831 and 1832 under the command of Mr. Laplace, Commander. The work was published under the direction of M. de Sainson in Paris by Arthus Bertrand in 1835.

The work included beautiful views of Reunion Island and Mauritius, Singapore, Manila, Sydney and Rio de Janeiro. The work has been described as "perhaps the finest series of plates to any of the picturesque voyages" (Sabin 38985) and "...sumptuous.... They are some of the most beautiful plates of the kind in existence..." (Borba de Moraes p. 458)

Captain Laplace began is around the world voyage from Toulon on December 30, 1829 aboard the corvette La Favorite. He was commissioned to circumnavigate the globe by the French government. He passed through Gibralter, Goree, Cape of Good Hope, Mauritius, Saint-Louis de la Reunion, Indies, Singapore, Manila, Canton, Indonesia, Sydney, New Zealand, Vaplparaiso Cape Horn, and Rio de Janeiro before returning to Toulon on April 21, 1832.

"In December 1829, Laplace was commissioned to take an expedition to India, the East Indies and South East Asia, and then, if he chose to do so, proceed through the South Pacific. His instructions were to provide protection for French merchant vessels and obtain at each port-of-call information which might be of value to French trade." (Hill)

"From the scientific viewpoint, Laplace’s voyage was one of the most successful. The maps made from surveys in the Pacific and the collections which were assembled became famous during that period." (Borba de Moraes)
Dimensions
~ 18 1/2" by 12"
Artist or Maker
Cyrille Pierre Theodore Laplace
Medium
Folio Engraving
Date
1835
Bertrand Arthus publisherview full entry
Reference: see Trillium Antique Prints & Rare Books
November 27, 2021: Cyrille Pierre Theodore Laplace (1793 - 1875). Lot 36610: Laplace - Sydney Harbor, Australia; Vooloo-Moloo au Port Jackson.
This historic engraving is from Cyrille Pierre Theodore Laplace's Voyage around the world by the seas of India and China of the corvette of Her Majesty La Favorite executed during the 1830s, 1831 and 1832 under the command of Mr. Laplace, Commander. The work was published under the direction of M. de Sainson in Paris by Arthus Bertrand in 1835.

The work included beautiful views of Reunion Island and Mauritius, Singapore, Manila, Sydney and Rio de Janeiro. The work has been described as "perhaps the finest series of plates to any of the picturesque voyages" (Sabin 38985) and "...sumptuous.... They are some of the most beautiful plates of the kind in existence..." (Borba de Moraes p. 458)

Captain Laplace began is around the world voyage from Toulon on December 30, 1829 aboard the corvette La Favorite. He was commissioned to circumnavigate the globe by the French government. He passed through Gibralter, Goree, Cape of Good Hope, Mauritius, Saint-Louis de la Reunion, Indies, Singapore, Manila, Canton, Indonesia, Sydney, New Zealand, Vaplparaiso Cape Horn, and Rio de Janeiro before returning to Toulon on April 21, 1832.

"In December 1829, Laplace was commissioned to take an expedition to India, the East Indies and South East Asia, and then, if he chose to do so, proceed through the South Pacific. His instructions were to provide protection for French merchant vessels and obtain at each port-of-call information which might be of value to French trade." (Hill)

"From the scientific viewpoint, Laplace’s voyage was one of the most successful. The maps made from surveys in the Pacific and the collections which were assembled became famous during that period." (Borba de Moraes)
Dimensions
~ 18 1/2" by 12"
Artist or Maker
Cyrille Pierre Theodore Laplace
Medium
Folio Engraving
Date
1835
Robinson Williamview full entry
Reference: Genesis. [’William Robinson AO is recognised as one of Australia’s most important contemporary landscape painters, celebrated in particular for his original and powerful approaches to depicting the Australian environment through a multi-dimensional viewpoint. For over five decades he has produced works of great originality and vision that have informed a new vernacular of the Australian landscape.
William Robinson: Genesis explores the rich experimental spirit and inimitable mastery of Robinson’s works on paper to show that rather than being a minor interest, this medium has contributed greatly to the development of his contemporaneous canvases.
Since the 1960s, Robinson has produced hundreds of works in watercolour, graphite, gouache, and ink, as well as lithographs and etchings, created both as studies related to paintings and as independent works.
The exhibition brings together a selection of more rarely seen works alongside those that have been exhibited more widely, allowing the viewer to clearly see the development of Robinson’s distinctive use of colour and the artist’s move towards the multidimensional perspective for which his large landscape paintings are so acclaimed. The inclusion of a select group of major paintings, such as The blue pools, Springbrook to Beechmont 2000 and the Archibald Prize winning self portrait, Equestrian self portrait 1987, further reveal connections to his works on paper. They illustrate how, over time, this often overlooked medium has contributed significantly to Robinson creating a pure, singular style that has seen him become one of Australia’s greatest living artists.
A QUT William Robinson Gallery exhibition supported by the Meij Family Foundation, Philip Bacon AM and Stuart Purves AM.’]
Publishing details: S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2018 [catalogue details to be added]
Ref: 1000
François Jules
view full entry
Reference: Notes & nostalgies : from my Paris kitchen / Jules François ; paintings by Jules François

Publishing details: Jules François, [2016], vii, 153 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Dyring Moyaview full entry
Reference: Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Atyeo Sam numerous referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Allen Mary Cecil 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Atkinson Yvonneview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Bell George 5 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Bryans Lina 2 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Cardamatis Wolfgang 2 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Cohn Ola 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Crowley Grace 2 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Douglas Neil 3 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Drysdale Russell 3 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Evatt Mary Alice numerous referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Fizelle Rah 2 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Friend Donald 5 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Heide numerous referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Hester Joy 3 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Jessup Fred 4 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Brown Lee Mitty 2 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
McGilchrist Erica 4 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Meldrum Max 2 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Nolan Sidney 3 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Olley Margaret 5 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Purves Smith Peter 1 referenceview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Reed John and Cynthia numerous referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Reed Cynthia numerous referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Reed Sunday numerous referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Sainthill Loudon 2 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Shore Arnold 3 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Tucker Albert 3 referencesview full entry
Reference: see Paintings from Paris : the life and art of Moya Dyring, by Gaynor Cuthbert. Includes bibliographical references (pages 123-130) and index.

Publishing details: Rose Library Publications, 2014,
ix, 138 pages : colour illustrations, portraits, facsimiles
Spowers & Symeview full entry
Reference: Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Spowers Ethelview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Syme Evelynview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Alsop Edithview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Black Dorritview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Buzacott Nutterview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Bell Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Derham Francesview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Mayo Eileenview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Weitzel Frankview full entry
Reference: see Spowers & Syme. By Serina Noordhuis-Fairfax. [’Spowers & Syme celebrates the artistic friendship of Melbourne artists Ethel Spowers and Eveline Syme. Their prints, drawings and paintings – remarkable for their expressive energy – capture the zeitgeist of the interwar years. This beautifully illustrated catalogue traces their stories as two women from rival media families who pioneered modern printmaking in Australia.

Spowers and Syme were part of a newly independent generation of women artists able to travel widely and study with avant-garde teachers in England and France during the 1920s and 1930s. They brought back to Australia the spirit and knowledge of modern European art movements and techniques, which they shared through the expanding networks of art societies and private women’s clubs in Melbourne and Sydney.

These remarkable women supported each other’s aspiration to become professional artists in a changing world and are now recognised for their significance as progressive artists dedicated to producing art that was truly of its time.’]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021, hc, 97pp.
Whiteley at 20 Theview full entry
Reference: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarshipview full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Travelling Art Scholarship Brett Whiteley view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Byrne Alice 1999 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Fellows Petrea 2001 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Wills Marcus 2000 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Qulity Ben 2002 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Rawkins Karlee 2003 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Jones Alan 2004 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Owen Wayde 2005 Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Wade Samuel 2006 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Hawkes Nathan 2007 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Wallis Amber 2008 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Kelly Nicole 2009 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Lett Belem 2010 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Gibson Becky 2011 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Cairns Mitch 2012 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Phillips Timothy 2013 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Drinkwater James 2014 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Polo Tom 2015 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
O’Doherty Lucy 2016 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Anderson Sally 2017 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Walsh Natasha 2018 winner Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship view full entry
Reference: see The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship. Includes biographies of winners of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship 1999 - 2018. [’An exhibition of artworks by 20 young Australian artists celebrating the 20th anniversary of the Brett Whiteley Travelling Art Scholarship, will be on view at the S.H. Ervin Gallery in Sydney from 22 March to 5 May 2019."
Published to accompany the exhibition: The Whiteley at 20 : twenty years of the Brett Whiteley travelling art scholarship, 22 March - 5 May 2019.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: National Trust of Australia (NSW), 2019, 55 pages : illustrations, portraits
Michelmore Maryview full entry
Reference: see STROUD AUCTIONS LTD., UK, 1-2 December, 2021, lot 1759: Mary Michelmore Australian bronze study of a sleeping Tasmanian devil, signed to base, L7cm
and lot 1758: Australian bronze study of a duck billed platypus, signed to
Travels with my Art - Moya Dyring and Margaret Olleyview full entry
Reference: Travels with my Art - Moya Dyring and Margaret Olley, exhibition curated by Melissa J. Boyde, University of Wollongong. [downloaded exhibition catalogue]. [’Moya Dyring (1909–1967) was born in Melbourne where she studied at the National Art School. After a successful solo show of her early experimental cubist paintings, she travelled to France where she remained for most of her life. From 1949 Dyring lived in an apartment/studio on the Ile Saint-Louis, a small island on the Seine behind Notre Dame. The apartment became widely known as Chez Moya - an Australian salon in the heart of Paris. Over the next two decades Dyring hosted a transient coterie of Australian artists at Chez Moya. Margaret Olley was one of the young artists who found her way to Chez Moya and the two women became close friends. With artist friends they often set off on short excursions throughout France, Italy or Spain to draw and paint en plein air.
During the 1950s and 60s Dyring travelled back to Australia every few years with crates full of her 'Paintings from Paris' for exhibitions in most capital cities. During these visits Dyring spent time with Olley and they continued their en plein air painting excursions in Queensland and northern New South Wales. This exhibition showcases a selection of Dyring’s works, rarely exhibited since her death, alongside works by Olley.’] Curator Dr Melissa Boyde Senior Research FellowSchool of the Arts, English and MediaUniversity of Wollongong.
Publishing details: Tweed Regional Gallery, 20 March - 21 June 2015, Australia: Tweed Regional Gallery. (pp. 1-12).
Ref: 135
Baker-Clack Arthur 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Ashton Howard 10 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Ashton family of artistsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
de Maistre Roy 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Etaples various refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
McInnes W B 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
McCubbin Frederick 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Lambert George 8 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Nicholas Athol Matson 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Fox E Phillips 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Preston Margaret 5 refsrefsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Rae Iso 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Rae Alison 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Ramsay Hugh 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Streeton A 10 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
Smith Ure Sydney 10 refsview full entry
Reference: see Hilda : the life of Hilda Rix Nicholas, by by Richard Travers. With index.
[’Born in Ballarat, Victoria, Hilda Rix Nicholas held her first solo exhibition in Paris in 1912. On sale were drawings made in Morocco earlier that year. The French state bought one of them, Grand Marché, Tanger, for display in the Musée National du Luxembourg. Hilda’s career was launched. She was twenty-eight years old.
Hilda was making a name as an artist of France when the Great War broke out. She, her sister and her ailing mother fled to London on the last boat out of Boulogne, but sanctuary was fleeting. The war dealt her a series of blows: first her sister died, then her mother, then her beloved war-hero husband. Hilda bore these tragedies with dignity and resolve.
In the 1920s, dividing her time between Australia and France, she held frequent exhibitions, selling her work to the major galleries of both nations. Working in bold colours and valuing, above all, the foundational skill of good drawing, her best works were grand-scale portraits of common people – French, Australian or Moroccan – all rendered with Hilda’s trademark generosity and honesty.
One of Australia’s great artists, Hilda’s life and work illustrate a wonderful truth: out of adversity can come great beauty.’]

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames & Hudson, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 272, illustrated.
colonial artview full entry
Reference: see Illustrating the Antipodes : George French Angas in Australia & New Zealand, 1844-1845, by Philip Jones. Includes bibliographical references (pages 364-367) and index.
Publishing details: NLA Publishing, 2021 ; Adelaide SA : South Australian Museum, 2021,
374 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits
Cawthorne William numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Illustrating the Antipodes : George French Angas in Australia & New Zealand, 1844-1845, by Philip Jones. Includes bibliographical references (pages 364-367) and index.
Publishing details: NLA Publishing, 2021 ; Adelaide SA : South Australian Museum, 2021,
374 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits
Tucker Albertview full entry
Reference: Albert Tucker - When Darkness Falls. Exhibition at Smith & Singer Gallery, November, 2021.
The digital catalogue for the upcoming exhibition at Smith & Singer is available to view online. 
Smith & Singer is honoured to present ALBERT TUCKER: WHEN DARKNESS FALLS: Masterpieces from the Albert & Barbara Tucker Foundation.  Curated by Geoffrey Smith, Chairman, Smith & Singer, the exhibition comprises works spanning more the four decades of Albert Tucker's prodigious artistic practice.
In recent times, as the world experiences global disruption on an unprecedented scale, the impact and meaning of Albert Tucker’s imagery has never been more relevant or insightful.  As we navigate within a suddenly unfamiliar terrain of fractured social, economic and political structures, Tucker’s expressive and surreal tableaux, that distort, conflate and convey psychological anguish and alienation, appear (more than ever) to be based on reality rather than the imagined.
Drawn from the personal collection of Albert and Barbara Tucker, the exhibition contains numerous works that have never previously been available for public sale.  Offered on behalf of the Albert & Barbara Tucker Foundation, proceeds from the sale of each work will benefit important social causes, including the protection of wild life and habitat; violence against women; scholarships for disadvantaged people; relief of poverty; and the initiation of social change which goes towards increasing the equal treatment and social acceptance of all people in the community.
ALBERT TUCKER: WHEN DARKNESS FALLS: Masterpieces from the Albert & Barbara Tucker Foundation will be open to the public at 14-16 Collins Street, Melbourne, from 23 November – 17 December 2021, 10am to 5pm, Monday to Friday.
Publishing details: Smith & Singer, Melbourne, November, 2021.
Ref: 1000
Milnes Cview full entry
Reference: see ABC of SHOWCARD & TICKETWRITING The by C Milnes [ 'How-to' book of showcard writing as practised particularly by the big stores in the 1930s. Contains several pages of fine examples of the craft by leading-store writers of the day from Farmers, Sydney, and Beville's, Buckley & Nunn's, Melbourne. Show card writing was one of the early steps in a sign writer’s career (or THE step for many) and the basic tenets of layout and letter formation were taught vocationally throughout the early twentieth century. To get computer-perfect consistency decades before computers were made meant a steady hand, an exacting eye and hours and hours of rote drilling and diligent practice.]
Publishing details: Spiral Bound Soft Cover with 78 pages.
Arts in Australia The - Her Storyview full entry
Reference: The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Ref: 143
Meredith Louisa Anneview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed. Includes brief biographical information on women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Crane Oliveview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Gibbs Mayview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Gould Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Calvert Caroline Louisaview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Rowan Ellisview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Wintle E C Mrsview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Taylor Florence Maryview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Broadhurst Florenceview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Manning Emily Anneview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Scott Mariaview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Currie Jane Eliza c1830view full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
McComb Frances Louisa 1831-68view full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Ironside Adelaideview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Rodway Florenceview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Goodsir Agnesview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Blake Florenceview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Cowan Theodoraview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Baskerville Margaretview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Mort Eireneview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Lindsay Rubyview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Proctor Theaview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Nicholas Hilda Rixview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Geach Portiaview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Owen Gladysview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Praeger Mmeview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Baker Effie Eview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Baker Effie E (Euphemia Eleanor) 1880-1968 artist view full entry
Reference: Australian wild flowers, by Effie E. Baker. 7 leaves of plates : colour illustrations. Each leaf preceeded by a guard sheet with descriptive letterpress.
Publishing details: Melbourne : T. & H. Hunter, [1920?]
Ref: 1000
women artistsview full entry
Reference: see The Arts in Australia - Her Story. Mitchell & Dixson Libraries catalogue. 195 catalogue items listed, all from the SLNSW. Includes brief biographical information on a number of women working in the arts in a variety of areas.
Publishing details: SLNSW, Mitchell & Dixson Libraries, 1983, stapled catalogue, 18pp
Watson Judy illustrated byview full entry
Reference: Searching for cicadas by Lesley Gibbes, illustrated by Judy Watson. [’"Nature storybooks. Every wonderful word is true! In the summertime, Grandpa and I go cicada-watching. We put our camping gear into my wagon and walk down to the local reserve. Last year we saw five green grocers, three yellow Mondays and one floury Baker. Can we find the rare black rince this year?"]
Publishing details: Walker Books Australia Pty Ltd, 2019, 28 pages : colour illustrations
Cicadasview full entry
Reference: see Searching for cicadas by Lesley Gibbes, illustrated by Judy Watson. [’"Nature storybooks. Every wonderful word is true! In the summertime, Grandpa and I go cicada-watching. We put our camping gear into my wagon and walk down to the local reserve. Last year we saw five green grocers, three yellow Mondays and one floury Baker. Can we find the rare black rince this year?"]
Publishing details: Walker Books Australia Pty Ltd, 2019, 28 pages : colour illustrations
Australian flora in artview full entry
Reference: Australian flora in art : [catalogue of an exhibition held at Elizabeth Bay House / compiled by Margaret Betteridge, Anne Graham and Janette Thompson]. Bibliography: p. 29. Some information on artists.
Publishing details: Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences, 1977, 29 p.
Ref: 143
Baker Richard Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Australian flora in art : [catalogue of an exhibition held at Elizabeth Bay House / compiled by Margaret Betteridge, Anne Graham and Janette Thompson]. Bibliography: p. 29. Some information on artists.
Publishing details: Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences, 1977, 29 p.
Bilton Louis illustrator and decoratorview full entry
Reference: Australian flora in art : [catalogue of an exhibition held at Elizabeth Bay House / compiled by Margaret Betteridge, Anne Graham and Janette Thompson]. Bibliography: p. 29. Some information on artists.
Publishing details: Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences, 1977, 29 p.
Bakewell Brothersview full entry
Reference: Australian flora in art : [catalogue of an exhibition held at Elizabeth Bay House / compiled by Margaret Betteridge, Anne Graham and Janette Thompson]. Bibliography: p. 29. Some information on artists.
Publishing details: Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences, 1977, 29 p.
Henry Lucien F short essayview full entry
Reference: Australian flora in art : [catalogue of an exhibition held at Elizabeth Bay House / compiled by Margaret Betteridge, Anne Graham and Janette Thompson]. Bibliography: p. 29. Some information on artists.
Publishing details: Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences, 1977, 29 p.
Roberts S Cview full entry
Reference: Australian flora in art : [catalogue of an exhibition held at Elizabeth Bay House / compiled by Margaret Betteridge, Anne Graham and Janette Thompson]. Bibliography: p. 29. Some information on artists.
Publishing details: Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences, 1977, 29 p.
Rowan Ellis short essayview full entry
Reference: Australian flora in art : [catalogue of an exhibition held at Elizabeth Bay House / compiled by Margaret Betteridge, Anne Graham and Janette Thompson]. Bibliography: p. 29. Some information on artists.
Publishing details: Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences, 1977, 29 p.
Henry Lucienview full entry
Reference: Lucien Félix Henry : colonel de la commune condamné à mort et artiste australien / Pierre-Henri Zaidman.
Publishing details: Editions du Baboune, 2000 
85 p. : ill., ports., facsims
Ref: 1000
Henry Lucienview full entry
Reference: see ‘Lucien Henry’ in The Technical Gazette of NSW, 1912, vol 2, pt 3, p33-5
Hall Milesview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Cordasic Natashaview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Jackson Jennieview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Dang Dacchiview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Louanjli Moeview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Rossi Ericview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Reinthal Teoneview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Waller Jimview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Hoffie Patview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Rikizo Nishinaview full entry
Reference: see THE PEEL ISLAND ARTISTS' RESIDENCIES by Pat Hoffie. Book about the Peel Island artists residencies programme run in conjunction with Queensland Parks. ‘Traces a new phase in the history of Peel Island and demonstrates how the artists/students who took part in the residency program in 2008, were inspired by the history, beauty and environment of the island.’ Includes information on the artists and their works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Griffith University, 2008. 76 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Dogs in artview full entry
Reference: Who Let The Dogs Out: The Dog In Contemporary Australian Art. [’67 established artists pay homage to dogs and dog lovers where each work portrays the complex and lasting emotional and physical attachements we have with dogs.’]
Publishing details: Lake Macquarie City Art Gallery, Booragul, 2008, 28pp, colour illusts, very good+ stapled paperback 67 established artists pay homage to dogs and dog lovers where each work portrays the complex and lasting emotional and physical attachements we have with dogs.
Davis James work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Ricardo Geoffrey work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Grasse Wolfgang work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Moore Neil work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Ryan Dominic work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Freeman Paul work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Gleeson James work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
visionary artview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Surrealismview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Women artists : works from the permanent collectionview full entry
Reference: Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists. Includes artist biographies [to be indexed]

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Ref: 143
University of Melbourne collectionview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
University of Melbourne collectionview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Aitken Yvonne 1950sview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Alsop Edith 1871-1951view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Baker Dorothy b1914view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Bellette Jeanview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Boag Yvonneview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Brook Clareview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Bryans Linaview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Cohn Olaview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Davidson Bessieview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Docking Shayview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Dyason Diana b1919view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Eager Helenview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Graham Anneview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Grainger Ella Viola Strom (wife of Percy)view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Strom Ella Viola later Grainger (wife of Percy)view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Gregory Inaview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Hester Joyview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Hodgkins Francesview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Hope Emily 1944-1979view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Jenkins Constance 1890-?view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Kemp Michel b1951view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Kerley Lucyview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
King Ingeview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Lahey Vida 1883-1968view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Lawrence Betty b1924view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Leveson-Mears Sandraview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Macqueen Maryview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
May Maggieview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Ogilvie Helenview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Proctor Theaview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Riemsdyke Fran van b1952view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Rubbo Ellen 1911-77view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Shatin Georgina 1950sview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Sibley Irena b1944view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Stokes Constance b1906view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Stones Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Syme Evelyn 1888-1961view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Teague Violet 1872-1951view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Traill Jessie 1881-1967view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Traill Margaret view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Waller Christianview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Reiser William 1888view full entry
Reference: see Lotus International Auctions, LLC, Guilford, USA, 24.12.21. lot 153: William Reiser, Herberlon , Australia, info on. verso Frame size: 13.50 x 16.75, dated 1888 on verso..
Hoditz Arthur Polzer view full entry
Reference: see Lotus International Auctions, LLC, Guilford, USA, 24.12.21. lot 50:
Arthur Polzer Hoditz. Coastline scene with water,rocks, and trees .. Title: Australia coastline. Medium: Oil on Canvas. Size: 21.75 X 29.25 in. Signature: SLR. Artist: Arthur Polzer Hoditz. Unframed.
Ready set go - sporting lifeview full entry
Reference: Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 143
sport in artview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Dooney Hazel work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Hoffie Pat work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Fullbrook Sam work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Dickerson Robert work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Gerber Matthys work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Woodhouse Frederick 1858 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Gill S T cover for sheet music illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Haysom Meville work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Emery William Francis 1861 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Tanner Edwin work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Brack John work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Carson Steven photograph illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Dupain Max photograph illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Neville-Rolfe Harriet Jane 1884 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Proctor Thea work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Streeton Arthur the National Game illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
de Maistre Roy work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspectsview full entry
Reference: Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
Ref: 143
Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962view full entry
Reference: see Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
figurative painting 1942-1962view full entry
Reference: see Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
Smith Bernardview full entry
Reference: see Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
Smith Terry as curatorview full entry
Reference: see Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
Australian women artists and the illustrated bookview full entry
Reference: Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ref: 143
women artists and the illustrated bookview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
book illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rowan Ellisview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
O’Harris Pixieview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Outhwaite Ida Rentoul 1888-1960view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Wall Dorothy 1894-1942view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Durack Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Waller Christian 1895-1956view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Lind Rubyview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Lindsay Rubyview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Elder Jean b1915view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Maltby Peg 1889-1984view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Gibbs May 1877-1969view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Melrose Genevieve b1944view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Paterson Esther 1892-1971view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Macarthur-Onslow Annette b1933view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Birmingham Karna 1900-1987view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Pellow Emily Harriet 1877-1941view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Stones Margaret b1920view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Meredith Louisa Anne 1812-1895view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Thomson Estelleview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Scott Helena 1832-1910view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
de Mole Fanny Elizabeth 1835-1866view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Scott Harriett 1830-1907view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Medland Lilian 1880-1955view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Lissenden Anneview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Fleay Maude Glover 1869-1965view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ganf Rosemary Woodford b1949view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Spowers Ethelview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
McGrath Eileenview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Harris Mary Packer 1891-1978view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Roberts Janeview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Prinsep Elizabeth Acworth 1804 - 1895 later Beachcroftview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Beachcroft nee Prinsep Elizabeth Acworth 1804 - 1895 view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Mundy Louisa Catherine Georginaview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Teague Violet 1872-1951view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rede Geraldineview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Wood Marjorieview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Sandor Eva b1924view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ogilvie Helen 1902-1993view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Coleman Constance b1903view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Crane Olive 1895-1935view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rodway Florence 1895-1935view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Loughran Maureenview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Kubbos Eva b1928view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Binns Vivienne b1940view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Tuckwell Louise b1963view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Headlam Kristen b1953view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Mort Eirene 1879-1978view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Keller Kayview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Graham Anne b1925view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Turner Beth b1946view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ohlsson Bridget b1960view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Blake Kerry b1959view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Boyd Hermiaview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Watts Kay b1946view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Campbell Cressida b1960view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Brown-Rrap Julie b1950view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rrap Julie b1950 see Brown-Rrapview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Gower Elizabeth b1950view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Howard Melanie b1952view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Conder Pamela b1955view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Young Noela b1930view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Morimoto Junko b1932view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Lacis Astra b1937view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Thorpe Lesbia b1919view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Hope Emily 1940-1979view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ungunmerr Miriam-Roseview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Sibley Irena b1944view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Webb Phillipaview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ryder Mona b1945view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rodriguez Judith b1936view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Dahl Astrid b1944view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Brown Aileen b1946view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Fiveash Rosa Catherine 1855-1938view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Birds - a National Library of Australia exhibitionview full entry
Reference: Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Ref: 143
Rede Geraldine 1874-1943 illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Medland Lilian Marguerite 1880-1955 illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Gould Johnview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Lewin John William illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Lewin John William lyrebird illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Clark John Heaviside illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Preston Margaret illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Friend Donald illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Lindsay Lionel illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Exploration and Transformationview full entry
Reference: Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Ref: 143
travel artview full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Piron after p28view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
de Sainson Louis Auguste p21-3view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Clause Frederick Rushbrook 1828 Perthview full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Dale Robert p18-20view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Martens Conrad p27-8view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
von Guerard Eugene p31-2view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Forrest Margaret Elvira Lady 1844-1929 p25-6view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Drysdale Russellview full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Garling Frederick p17 and 27view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Chapman William Neate p23view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Cllark John Heaviside p23view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Eyre John p23-5view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Samson Horace c1817-c1906 p28view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Taylor Major c1785-1829 p29view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Westall William 1781-1850 p32view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Supernatural natural image Theview full entry
Reference: The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.
Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 143
Realism view full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Alpar Kathyview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Boynes Robertview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Corlett Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Cook William Delafieldview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
David Graemeview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
de Zan Ermesview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Durrant Ivanview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Hopkins Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Moss Patrickview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Oldfield Alanview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Robinson Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Sandler Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Schomaly Alberrview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Smart Jeffreyview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Sweeney Kevinview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Turner Darylview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Watkins Julieview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Walters Wesview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Watson Jennyview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Westwood Bryanview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
New Realismview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
seventies artview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Parr Mike view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Rooney Robert view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Ely Bonita view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Tyndall Peter view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Brack John view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Orr Jillview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Booth Peter view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Watson Jenny view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Stelarcview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Larter Richard view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Leslie Kerrie view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Parks Ti view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Searle Ken view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Danko Aleks view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Unsworth Kenview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Waller Ruthview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Wolseley Johnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Tuckson Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Tillers Imantsview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Stuart Guyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Silverman Lynnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Schoenbaum Samview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Sansom Garethview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Robertson Toniview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Partos Paulview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Parr Bobview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Owen Robertview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Nixon Johnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Murray-White Cliveview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Mortensen Kevinview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Maddock Beaview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
McMahon Marieview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
MacKinolty Chipsview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
McGillick Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Lendon Nigelview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Latimer Bruceview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Kennedy Peterview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Johnson Timview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Jenyns Robertview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Hunter Robertview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Hickey Daleview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Grounds Marrview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Grounds Joanview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Gregory Billview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Earthworks Collectiveview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Dodd Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Eager Helenview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
de Clario Domenicoview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Davis Johnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Davies Isabelview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Creaser Marleeview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Clements Billview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Christmann Jennyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Burns Timview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Coleing Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Burn Iamview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Ramsden Melview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Armstrong Johnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Balsaitas Jonasview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Baldessin Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Allen Mickyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Archer Hilaryview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Arkley Howardview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Klippel Robert view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Salkauskas Henry view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Kubbos Eva view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Tony Tuckson view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Lambert Ron view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Lynn Elwynview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Balson Ralphview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Smith Ericview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Lewers Margoview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Upward Peterview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Rapotec Stanislausview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Hessing Leonardview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Gleghorn Tomview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Hill Darylview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Coburn Johnview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Reddington Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Hughes Robertview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Plate Carlview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Gilliland Hectorview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Taylor Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Hodgkinson Frankview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Milgate Rodneyview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Curtis Bobview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Duncan Miss ornamental screen 1896view full entry
Reference: see George Lance - Artist Of Premier Town: an Exhibition Of Paintings By George Lance (1833-1901), Morris, Bruce (research). This exhibition had 7 of Lance's oil paintings and 32 watercolours as well as 12 other works that were related to him.
Publishing details: Published by Warrnambool Art Gallery Warrnambool 1980, 12pp, 4 b/w illusts, stapled paperback
Runge Julius 1896view full entry
Reference: see George Lance - Artist Of Premier Town: an Exhibition Of Paintings By George Lance (1833-1901), Morris, Bruce (research). This exhibition had 7 of Lance's oil paintings and 32 watercolours as well as 12 other works that were related to him.
Publishing details: Published by Warrnambool Art Gallery Warrnambool 1980, 12pp, 4 b/w illusts, stapled paperback
Lance Edith daughter of Georgeview full entry
Reference: see George Lance - Artist Of Premier Town: an Exhibition Of Paintings By George Lance (1833-1901), Morris, Bruce (research). This exhibition had 7 of Lance's oil paintings and 32 watercolours as well as 12 other works that were related to him.
Publishing details: Published by Warrnambool Art Gallery Warrnambool 1980, 12pp, 4 b/w illusts, stapled paperback
Portia S Geach Memorial Awardview full entry
Reference: Portia S Geach Memorial Award, exhibition catalogue 2021, includes list of past winners of the award together with a list of 2021 finalists. [All winners to be indexed].
Publishing details: S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2021, 4pp stapled sheets.
Ref: 143
Geach Portia see Portia S Geach Memorial Awardview full entry
Reference: Portia S Geach Memorial Award, exhibition catalogue 2021, includes list of past winners of the award together with a list of 2021 finalists. [All winners to be indexed].
Publishing details: S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2021, 4pp stapled sheets.
Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980view full entry
Reference: Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Women artistsview full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Allan Kate exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Alston E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Anderson M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Anderson Madge exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Aitkin Catherine exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Baker Christina Asquith exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Baker Dorothy exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bale A M E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Ballard Kath exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bant Rosemary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barlow Elsie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barnes Kathleen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barnes Lesley exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barrett M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barrett I exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Baxter Joy exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Baskerville Margaret exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Beckett Clarice exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bennett Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Benwell Margaret exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bishop Ethel A exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bonny B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bourne Shirley exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Box Miss exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Brabant Rosemary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Brown Lois exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Brilliant Ruth exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bryans Lina exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Burgess Florence exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Burrows E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Cade Blanche exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Casey Maie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Clayfield Nell exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Cohn Ola exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Cochrane S exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Colquhoun Beatrix exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Colquhoun Amalie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Colquhoun Elizabeth exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Corbert-Jones L exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Correll U exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Craig Sybil exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Crook Ethel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Crombie Peggy exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Cummins C exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Currie Edith exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Dade Freya exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Davis B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Dearling Florence A exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Dent Aileen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Denton Enid exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Downing Edith exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Dunn Eleanor exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Eager E Eden exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fairley L exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fleay Glover exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fox Ethel Carrick exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fox Ivy Burton exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Francis Dorothea exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Freeman Madge exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fulwood-Watson Nina exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fric Frederyka exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gates Annie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
George May Butler exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gordon E McGregor exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gosman J A exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gowdie Tina exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Graham Anne exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Graham Patricia exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gray Jean exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Grigg May exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Grist M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gulliver H M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gurdon Nora exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gude Nornie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Harris Mary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Harvey Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Harvis Looie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hatfield Isabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Henry Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hinchcliffe D exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hobart June exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Holgate M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Holland Constance exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Houghton Audrey exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hullick Rosemary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hurry Polly exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Huntington Isabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hutchinson Inez exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hyett Lois exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hylton Bravo exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Ivers Janet exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Irving H exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Joachim Maisie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Jackman Hilary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Jones Marion exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Kannaluik Emily exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Kerridge Barbara exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Kelly I exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Knox Ida F exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Knox Isabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Konig J exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lahey Vida exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lakeland E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lane Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Langley Betty J exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lascelles Jean exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Laver Jessie B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Leber Ruth exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Leschkau Gretchen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Levi Sara exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lewis Hilary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lormer M Eily exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Macartney Mavis exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McCubbin Sheila exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McCubbin Winifred exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McGowan Maidie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McInnes Violet exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Macintosh Jessie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McLean Margaret exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McLean Rita exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McLeash Mary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Macqueen Mary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Mahood Marguerite exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Mathews Marjorie McChesney exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Malcolm Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Massey Rosemary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Merfield Bertha exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Meilerts Ludmilla exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Meier Joyce exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Mimovich Leopoldine exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Minchin Helen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Misso Yona exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Montgomery Anne exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Moore Dorothy G exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Morrison Vera exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Mosig Marjorie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Newman Betty Paterson exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Nielson A exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Nielson Jennie L exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
North Marjorie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Nicholas Hilda Rix exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Oakley A E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Ogilvie Helen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Oliver Annie Davidson exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Olsen Betty exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Paddick Roma exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Padgam Meg exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Paterson Betty exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Paterson Esther exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Paterson N M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Patterson Nellie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Peake Barbara exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pearcey Eileen B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Perrey Judith M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Perry A E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pestell Margaret exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Peters Helen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Phillips R exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Philip Enid exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Phillips Amelia exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Plante Ada M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pitts D exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pratt B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pryde Mabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pye Mabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Rastrick Liz exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Roach Elma exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Riggall Louise B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Roberts Sheila exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Roberts Roberta exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Rodway Florence exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Robison Edith exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Rubbo Ellen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Serle Dora Beatrice exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Saunders F exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Sinclair Lesley exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Smith Ena exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Southern Clara exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Spowers E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Stephenson June exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Stevenson Grace H exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Stewart Janet Cumbrae exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Stone Daisy exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Sutherland Jean exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Sutton Alicia exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Syme Evelyn exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Symonds D exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Taylor Charlotte exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Taylor Stephanie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Teague Violet exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thomas Lynette exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thomas Louise exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thompson Joyce exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thomson Rollo exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thorn Ella exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thorpe Lesbia exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Tompkins D exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Trahair Heloisa exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Traile J C A Jessie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Trickett Ellen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Tweddle Isabel Hunter exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Turner Kit exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Van Stavern I exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Vercoe Elfrida M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Wade Eve exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Wahlers Chrisma exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Women Painters and Sculptors Melbourneview full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Shadbolt Lukeview full entry
Reference: Maelstrom - Luke Shadbolt. Maelstrom is Luke Shadbolt's first major publication, surveying photographs that have informed the artists first five years of practice. Set at a limited edition of 1500, each edition of this book is hand numbered and signed by the artist. [’Luke Shadbolt’s consuming passion for the ocean gave him the privilege of spending his formative years travelling between remote natural areas and densely populated environments, affording him an empathetic insight into the interconnectedness of the world we inhabit.
His sculptural, abstract photography examines the duality of nature, of language, and sense of place with a specific focus on the oceans. Exploring the exchange, cycle and balance of power fundamental to the functioning of our planet, Shadbolt aims to renew an awareness and appreciation of the environment.

Shadbolt currently spreads his time between his fine art practice and commercial photography/creative direction, with an emphasis on underwater photography, action sports, travel, lifestyle and fashion.
Luke Shadbolt is a Central Coast based artist who studied Visual Communication at the University of Newcastle. He has recently secured covers of Surfing World and the QANTAS Magazine and worked with commercial and editorial clients including Audi, Tourism Australia, Nikon and SK-II. His first major solo exhibition as a visual artist was staged by Michael Reid Sydney in 2016.’]
Publishing details: 2021
Ref: 1000
South Australian Institute essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
colonial art essay p45-51view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wilson Thomas art connoisseur in Adelaide essay p56-60view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
printmaking in Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Photographic Society South Australia 1885-1910 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Artists Association South Australia 1887-8 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
South Australian Artists Association 1887-8 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Adelaide Art Circle 1890-92 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Federal Art Exhibitions 1898-1908 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Smoke Nights Adelaide 1903-8 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Eddy Margaret A illustration p xixview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
von Harritzsch Otto silversmith illustration p 27view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Adamson James Hazel illustration p 28 53view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gill S T illustrations p 36 50 53view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hitchin J after E A Opie illustration p 44view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Opie E A illustration p 44 lithograph by J Hitchinview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Deering John W illustration p 52 and some biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Angas George French illustration p 54-5view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Howard Frank illustration p 56view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wilson Thomas reference p 56view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Keane James illustrations p 67 94view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hambidge Millicent illustration p 71 103view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Solomon Saul photograph p79 and 80view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Duryea Townsen photographs p79view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Reynolds George A illustration p 84view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Broad Alfred Scott illustration p 85view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wadham William J illustration p 86 and biographical infoview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Sinclair Alfred illustrations p 86 and biographical infoview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Fristrom Carl Magnus Oscar 1856-1918 illustrations p 92 member of Easel Clubview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Anson Emily illustration p 92 with brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Ashton James illustration p 92 101view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
MacCormack Andrew illustration p 93view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Burford Frederick Rumsay Richardson illustration p 93 with brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wall C illustration p 94view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gill Harry P illustration p 102view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
White John illustration p 94view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gordon Peter woodworker illustration p 102view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Scott Winifred illustrations p 102view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Boothby Mabel illustration p 102view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Comley Reginald illustration p 104view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Buring Rudi illustrations p 106 107view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Howie Lawrence illustration p 110view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Coates Vera illustration p 112view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Dudley Rodview full entry
Reference: ROD DUDLEY: Sculptures and Paintings.
An Australian artist's life in Italy.
Publishing details: Rod Dudley, 2010.
Oblong 4to, 131pp. Colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Jandany Hectorview full entry
Reference: HECTOR JANDANY.

Publishing details: Warmun Art Center, 2004.
Small square 8vo, 85pp. Colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Modernismview full entry
Reference: 1956 MELBOURNE, MODERNITY AND THE XVI OLYMPIAD.

Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
South Australian artview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
sculpture at the Royal South Australian Society of Artsview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
sculptors at the Royal South Australian Society of Artsview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Maxwell William James sculptor 1840-1902 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
women artists in South Australia essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
printmakers at the Royal South Australian Society of Artsview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Marek Dusan illustration p ixview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Smerd Michael illustration p ix with biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Allnutt Jennifer illustration p xiiview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bettany Desmond illustration p xivview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Petts Charles A illustration p 20view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Shaw James illustration p 20view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Solomon Saul illustration p 20 with biography view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hambidge Helen illustration p 29view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Barnes Gustave illustration p 29 42view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Minchin R E illustration p 28view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pomeroy Frederick W illustration p 30 with biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Buxton Jessamine illustration of sculpture p 30view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fiveash Rosa illustrations p 36 41 wildlowersview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fenton Gertrude illustration p 36 wildflowersview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gemmell Nancy illustration p 39 wildflowersview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hambidge Millicent 4 illustrations p 40view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bosworth Amy illustration p 41 wildflowersview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Overbury Mary A illustrations p 41view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fenton Gertrude illustration p 41view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McNally Matthew J illustration p 42view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gill Harry Pelling illustration p 45view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
White John illustration p 46view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Collins Archibald illustration p 46view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Power Harold Septimus illustration p 48view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Goodchild John C illustration p 49view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Waden Robert illustration p 49view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bowen Stella illustration p 50view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Goodchild Doreen illustration p 50view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hick Jacqueline illustration p 50view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gwynne Marjorie illustration p 53view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
van Raalte Henri illustration p 54 57view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Harris Mary P brief biog p 55view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Britton Frederick C brief biog p 55 illus p57view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pavia Charles brief biog p 56view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wall C illustrations p 56view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Helsby Malcolm illustration p 57view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Carbins Malcolm illustrations p 58 61view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gaston Gary Lee illustration p 58 60view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Baily John illustration p 60view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hick Jacqueline illustration p 61view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hill Charles 1824-1916 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Shaw James 1815-1881 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
MacCormac Andrew 1826-1918 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
de Mole Fanny 1835-1866 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Overbury Mary 1851-1926 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Collins Archibald 1853-1922essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Fiveash Rosa 1854-1938 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Menpes Mortimer essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hambidge Helen 1857-1938 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hambidge Millicent 1872-1938 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Armstrong Elizabeth 1860-1930 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wadham William J 1863-1950 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wilson Jean L c1860s - c1924 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hambidge Alice 1869-1947 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Tuck Marie 1872-1947 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Lever Richard Hayley 1875-1958 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Heysen Hans essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Barnes Gustave 1877-1921 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Power Harold Septimus 1878-1951 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Davidson Bessie 1879-1965 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Bassett Florence Hildegarde 1888-1948view full entry
Reference: see GFL auction, Perth, WA, 23.11.21, lot 87: FLORENCE HILDEGARDE BASSETT
(1888-1948)
WESTERN AUSTRALIAN WILDFLOWERS (17)
Initialled
Watercolour
various
Scott Peter Markham (English)view full entry
Reference: see GFL auction, Perth, WA, 23.11.21, lot 114: PETER MARKHAM SCOTT (ENGLAND)
(1909-1989)
MALE BRUSH TURKEY SEEN AT LAKE BARRINE ATHERTON TABLELAND
Signed and dated March 1983 lower left, titled lower centre
Ink and gouache
12 x 14.5cm
Jenner Isaac Walter view full entry
Reference: see 'Mosby’s promotion of Isaac Walter Jenner’, by Mahoney, Bronwyn. Art Off Centre: placing Queensland art; Cooke, Glenn (ed.), Queensland Studies Centre pp 65-70.
Publishing details: Griffith University, Brisbane, Qld., 1997.
Adelaide Camera Club essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
photography - Adelaide Camera Club essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Camera Club Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Society of Arts Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gill Harry P essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
White John essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Ashton James essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Davies Edward essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Howie Lawrence H essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wilkie Leslie H essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Arunta Watercolour Artists essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Contemporary Art Society Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Goodchild John C essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Whinnen George essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Goldfinch Duncan essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Grey Frederick M essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Glover Allan essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Beadle Paul essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Dowie John essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Game Stewart essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Lyle Max essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Smith Mervyn essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Boyce Donald essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Marchant Harry essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Manley Elizabeth essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Mincham Jeffrey essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Schrapel Stephanie essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Dutkiewicz Adam essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Steiner Andrew essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Alport Kate essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Griscti Paul essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Shepherd Wendy Jane essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Bills Bev essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Raggatt James essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Waller Vikki essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Macgeorge James office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Abraham Abrahams office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Stodart Henry office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Minchin Richard E as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gold Walter K as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
James Sydney H as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Keane James as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Powell Herbert E as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Soward George K as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Sowden Sir W J as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
van Raalte Henri as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Fuller Henry E as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Buring Rudolph as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Pavia Charles J as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Kohlhagen Lisette as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Woodroffe John as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Jew Betty as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Brett Donna West as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Carapetis Stavros as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Ritter Gerhard as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Landt Robert J W as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Condous John as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Craig Robert W 1871-1933 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Venner Mamie 1881-1974 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Henty Ruby 1884-1972 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gum Maude E 1885-1973 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Giles John 1885-1970 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Grigg May 1885-1969 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
McCubbin Louis 1890-1952 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Good Gladys K 1890-1979 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Harris Mary P 1891-1978 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
McNamara Leila 1894-1973 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Roach Gilbert T M 1895-1972 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Raglass Max 1901-81 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Francis Ivor 1906-1993 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Tuck Ruth 1914-2008 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gemmell Nancy 1914-2011 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hann Marjorie 1916-2011 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wotzke Walter 1917-1996 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Burke Peg 1917-1996 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Dutkiewicz Wladyslaw 1918-1999 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hick Jacqueline 1919-1994 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Mart Gordon 1920-2016 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Smart Jeffrey 1921-2013 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Rayner Durham 1926-2015 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Rohde Margaret b1931 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Groblicka Lidia 1933-2012 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Molan June 1935-2015 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Winter Lucie b1940 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Fletcher Pip b1942 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Kay Robert essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
sculptors at RSASA essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Maxwell William J essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Workers Educational Association Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
printmakers at RSASA essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McNally M J essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Goodhart Joseph Christian essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Barringer Gwendoline L’Avance - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Preston Margaret essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Barringer Ethel essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wolff Edward Alfred essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gwynne Marjorie essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gwynne Marjorie essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Lowcay Rose essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Britton Frederick C essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ashton Will essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Black Dorrit essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Richardson Marguerite 1892-1965 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Battarbee Rex essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Boxall Arthur d’Auvergne 1895-1944 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Buxton Jessamine V A 1894-1966 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Waden Robert 1900-1946 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Webber Travis 1900-1968 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Choate Joseph 1900-55 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Goodchild Doreen 1900-98 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Trenerry Horace essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Namatjira Albert essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Sauerbier Kathleen 1903-1991 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Riebe Anton 1905-1986 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Samstag Gordon 1906-1990 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hayward Ursula 1907-1970 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wood Rex 1908-1970 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stipnicks Margarita 1908-2010 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stoward Clive R 1909-68 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Heysen Nora essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Chapman Dora essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cant James essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Mainwaring Geoffrey R 1912-2000 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fehlberg Tasman 1912-71 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hele Ivor 1912-71 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wreford Elaine 1913-95 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wood Noel 1912-2001 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dallwitz David 1914-2003 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Caddy Jo essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Elhay Evelyn 1916-2001 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fehring Hilda 1918-2013 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kidman June 1918-2001 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Marek Voitre 1919-99 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Roberts Douglas 1919-76 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bettany Desmond 1919-76 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Erns Ingrid 1919-87 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bannon Charles essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
James Louis essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Robertson Barbara 1921-2011 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dutkiewicz Ludwik 1921-2008 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Carbins Malcolm 1921-2002 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Feneley Miriam 1921-1996 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Comport Pip b1922 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pocius Ieva 1923-2010 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hackett Gwenda 1924-2010 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Berekmeri Steve 1924-2010 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kloeden Ruth essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Marek Dusan 1926-1994 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hua Fua essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Brown Geoffrey 1926-2015 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wilson Geoffrey essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Sadlo Alexander essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ostoja-Kotkowski 1927-1994 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ostoja-Kotkowski Stanislaus 1927-1994 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Baily John 1927-2015 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Powell Barbara essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Redman Joy 1928-2006 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Daws Lawrence essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Seidel Brian essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Chapman Avis essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Richardson Donald essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pryor Peter essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Perovan Justina essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Michelmore Mary essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Driden David essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Zhang Victor essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Michell Pat essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Adams Ronald essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Olijnyk Leonid essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Heidenreich Judith essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Anderson Betty essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stanfield Silvia essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gore Jenny essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bungey Nyorie essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)


First | Previous | Record 140,801 – 141,800 of 1,000